Searched +hist:5 +hist:ffc4ef4 (Results 1 - 24 of 24) sorted by relevance
| /linux-master/fs/ramfs/ | ||
| H A D | file-mmu.c | diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| H A D | file-nommu.c | diff 5e0a760b Thu Dec 28 07:47:04 MST 2023 Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> mm, treewide: rename MAX_ORDER to MAX_PAGE_ORDER commit 23baf831a32c ("mm, treewide: redefine MAX_ORDER sanely") has changed the definition of MAX_ORDER to be inclusive. This has caused issues with code that was not yet upstream and depended on the previous definition. To draw attention to the altered meaning of the define, rename MAX_ORDER to MAX_PAGE_ORDER. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20231228144704.14033-2-kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5c805365 Wed Jul 29 16:04:11 MDT 2009 Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> fs/ramfs/file-nommu.c needs include/linux/sched.h This file makes use of various macros defined in files like asm/current.h or asm-generic/resource.h. All these files can be included via sched.h. The building of the !MMU ARM kernel (with additional patches) fails without this change. Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com> Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/adfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/ufs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/bfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff fac92bec Fri Sep 09 14:02:04 MDT 2005 Andrew Stribblehill <a.d.stribblehill@durham.ac.uk> [PATCH] bfs: fix endianness, signedness; add trivial bugfix * Makes BFS code endianness-clean. * Fixes some signedness warnings. * Fixes a problem in fs/bfs/inode.c:164 where inodes not synced to disk don't get fully marked as clean. Here's how to reproduce it: # mount -o loop -t bfs /bfs.img /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 1 47 3% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 5 508 1% /mnt # cp 60k-archive.zip /mnt/mt.zip # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # rm /mnt/mt.zip # echo $? 0 [If the unlink happens before the buffers flush, the following happens:] # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt fs/bfs/bfs.h | 1 Signed-off-by: Andrew Stribblehill <ads@wompom.org> Cc: <tigran@veritas.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> diff fac92bec Fri Sep 09 14:02:04 MDT 2005 Andrew Stribblehill <a.d.stribblehill@durham.ac.uk> [PATCH] bfs: fix endianness, signedness; add trivial bugfix * Makes BFS code endianness-clean. * Fixes some signedness warnings. * Fixes a problem in fs/bfs/inode.c:164 where inodes not synced to disk don't get fully marked as clean. Here's how to reproduce it: # mount -o loop -t bfs /bfs.img /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 1 47 3% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 5 508 1% /mnt # cp 60k-archive.zip /mnt/mt.zip # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # rm /mnt/mt.zip # echo $? 0 [If the unlink happens before the buffers flush, the following happens:] # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt fs/bfs/bfs.h | 1 Signed-off-by: Andrew Stribblehill <ads@wompom.org> Cc: <tigran@veritas.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> diff fac92bec Fri Sep 09 14:02:04 MDT 2005 Andrew Stribblehill <a.d.stribblehill@durham.ac.uk> [PATCH] bfs: fix endianness, signedness; add trivial bugfix * Makes BFS code endianness-clean. * Fixes some signedness warnings. * Fixes a problem in fs/bfs/inode.c:164 where inodes not synced to disk don't get fully marked as clean. Here's how to reproduce it: # mount -o loop -t bfs /bfs.img /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 1 47 3% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 5 508 1% /mnt # cp 60k-archive.zip /mnt/mt.zip # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # rm /mnt/mt.zip # echo $? 0 [If the unlink happens before the buffers flush, the following happens:] # df -i /mnt Filesystem Inodes IUsed IFree IUse% Mounted on /bfs.img 48 2 46 5% /mnt # df -k /mnt Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Available Use% Mounted on /bfs.img 512 65 447 13% /mnt fs/bfs/bfs.h | 1 Signed-off-by: Andrew Stribblehill <ads@wompom.org> Cc: <tigran@veritas.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> |
| /linux-master/fs/sysv/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/minix/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/hpfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 10c5db28 Sat May 23 01:30:11 MDT 2020 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> fs: move the fiemap definitions out of fs.h No need to pull the fiemap definitions into almost every file in the kernel build. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Reviewed-by: Ritesh Harjani <riteshh@linux.ibm.com> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200523073016.2944131-5-hch@lst.de Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5f2e354f Tue Mar 19 18:35:00 MDT 2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> hpfs: move setting hpfs-private i_dirty to ->write_end() ... so that writev(2) doesn't miss it. Get rid of hpfs_file_write(). Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/jffs2/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 23892d38 Wed Aug 03 09:53:12 MDT 2022 Yifei Liu <yifeliu@cs.stonybrook.edu> jffs2: correct logic when creating a hole in jffs2_write_begin Bug description and fix: 1. Write data to a file, say all 1s from offset 0 to 16. 2. Truncate the file to a smaller size, say 8 bytes. 3. Write new bytes (say 2s) from an offset past the original size of the file, say at offset 20, for 4 bytes. This is supposed to create a "hole" in the file, meaning that the bytes from offset 8 (where it was truncated above) up to the new write at offset 20, should all be 0s (zeros). 4. Flush all caches using "echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches" (or unmount and remount) the f/s. 5. Check the content of the file. It is wrong. The 1s that used to be between bytes 9 and 16, before the truncation, have REAPPEARED (they should be 0s). We wrote a script and helper C program to reproduce the bug (reproduce_jffs2_write_begin_issue.sh, write_file.c, and Makefile). We can make them available to anyone. The above example is shown when writing a small file within the same first page. But the bug happens for larger files, as long as steps 1, 2, and 3 above all happen within the same page. The problem was traced to the jffs2_write_begin code, where it goes into an 'if' statement intended to handle writes past the current EOF (i.e., writes that may create a hole). The code computes a 'pageofs' that is the floor of the write position (pos), aligned to the page size boundary. In other words, 'pageofs' will never be larger than 'pos'. The code then sets the internal jffs2_raw_inode->isize to the size of max(current inode size, pageofs) but that is wrong: the new file size should be the 'pos', which is larger than both the current inode size and pageofs. Similarly, the code incorrectly sets the internal jffs2_raw_inode->dsize to the difference between the pageofs minus current inode size; instead it should be the current pos minus the current inode size. Finally, inode->i_size was also set incorrectly. The patch below fixes this bug. The bug was discovered using a new tool for finding f/s bugs using model checking, called MCFS (Model Checking File Systems). Signed-off-by: Yifei Liu <yifeliu@cs.stonybrook.edu> Signed-off-by: Erez Zadok <ezk@cs.stonybrook.edu> Signed-off-by: Manish Adkar <madkar@cs.stonybrook.edu> Signed-off-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 157078f6 Tue Nov 10 14:18:15 MST 2015 Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com> Revert "jffs2: Fix lock acquisition order bug in jffs2_write_begin" This reverts commit 5ffd3412ae55 ("jffs2: Fix lock acquisition order bug in jffs2_write_begin"). The commit modified jffs2_write_begin() to remove a deadlock with jffs2_garbage_collect_live(), but this introduced new deadlocks found by multiple users. page_lock() actually has to be called before mutex_lock(&c->alloc_sem) or mutex_lock(&f->sem) because jffs2_write_end() and jffs2_readpage() are called with the page locked, and they acquire c->alloc_sem and f->sem, resp. In other words, the lock order in jffs2_write_begin() was correct, and it is the jffs2_garbage_collect_live() path that has to be changed. Revert the commit to get rid of the new deadlocks, and to clear the way for a better fix of the original deadlock. Reported-by: Deng Chao <deng.chao1@zte.com.cn> Reported-by: Ming Liu <liu.ming50@gmail.com> Reported-by: wangzaiwei <wangzaiwei@top-vision.cn> Signed-off-by: Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com> Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffd3412 Wed Oct 17 14:59:30 MDT 2012 Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@freenet.de> jffs2: Fix lock acquisition order bug in jffs2_write_begin jffs2_write_begin() first acquires the page lock, then f->sem. This causes an AB-BA deadlock with jffs2_garbage_collect_live(), which first acquires f->sem, then the page lock: jffs2_garbage_collect_live mutex_lock(&f->sem) (A) jffs2_garbage_collect_dnode jffs2_gc_fetch_page read_cache_page_async do_read_cache_page lock_page(page) (B) jffs2_write_begin grab_cache_page_write_begin find_lock_page lock_page(page) (B) mutex_lock(&f->sem) (A) We fix this by restructuring jffs2_write_begin() to take f->sem before the page lock. However, we make sure that f->sem is not held when calling jffs2_reserve_space(), as this is not permitted by the locking rules. The deadlock above was observed multiple times on an SoC with a dual ARMv7 (Cortex-A9), running the long-term 3.4.11 kernel; it occurred when using scp to copy files from a host system to the ARM target system. The fix was heavily tested on the same target system. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Thomas Betker <thomas.betker@rohde-schwarz.com> Acked-by: Joakim Tjernlund <Joakim.Tjernlund@transmode.se> Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> diff 5a528957 Wed Feb 15 16:56:45 MST 2012 Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> jffs2: Use pr_fmt and remove jffs: from formats Use pr_fmt to prefix KBUILD_MODNAME to appropriate logging messages. Remove now unnecessary internal prefixes from formats. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/coda/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5bb44810 Tue Jul 16 17:29:09 MDT 2019 Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be> coda: ftoc validity check integration This patch moves cfi check in coda_ftoc() instead of repeating it in the wild. Module size text data bss dec hex filename 28297 1040 700 30037 7555 fs/coda/coda.ko.before 28263 980 700 29943 74f7 fs/coda/coda.ko.after Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/a2c27663ec4547018c92d71c63b1dff4650b6546.1558117389.git.jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be> Signed-off-by: Jan Harkes <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Cc: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> Cc: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi> Cc: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org> Cc: Yann Droneaud <ydroneaud@opteya.com> Cc: Zhouyang Jia <jiazhouyang09@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/affs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5abbb7b9 Tue Jul 12 15:30:05 MDT 2022 David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> affs: use memcpy_to_page and remove replace kmap_atomic() The use of kmap() is being deprecated in favor of kmap_local_page() where it is feasible. For kmap around a memcpy there's a convenience helper memcpy_to_page that also makes the flush_dcache_page() redundant. CC: Fabio M. De Francesco <fmdefrancesco@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/reiserfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5a2618e6 Sun Oct 01 00:28:44 MDT 2006 Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> [PATCH] reiserfs: use generic_file_open for open() checks The other common disk-based file systems (I checked ext[23], xfs, jfs) check to ensure that opens of files > 2 GB fail unless O_LARGEFILE is specified. They check via generic_file_open or their own open routine. ReiserFS doesn't have an f_op->open defined, and as such, it's possible to open files > 2 GB without O_LARGEFILE. This patch adds the f_op->open member to conform with the expected behavior. Signed-off-by: Jeff Mahoney <jeffm@suse.com> Cc: <reiserfs-dev@namesys.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@osdl.org> |
| /linux-master/fs/jfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/ecryptfs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff e86281e7 Wed Mar 28 17:41:52 MDT 2018 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> eCryptfs: don't pass up plaintext names when using filename encryption Both ecryptfs_filldir() and ecryptfs_readlink_lower() use ecryptfs_decode_and_decrypt_filename() to translate lower filenames to upper filenames. The function correctly passes up lower filenames, unchanged, when filename encryption isn't in use. However, it was also passing up lower filenames when the filename wasn't encrypted or when decryption failed. Since 88ae4ab9802e, eCryptfs refuses to lookup lower plaintext names when filename encryption is enabled so this resulted in a situation where userspace would see lower plaintext filenames in calls to getdents(2) but then not be able to lookup those filenames. An example of this can be seen when enabling filename encryption on an eCryptfs mount at the root directory of an Ext4 filesystem: $ ls -1i /lower 12 ECRYPTFS_FNEK_ENCRYPTED.FWYZD8TcW.5FV-TKTEYOHsheiHX9a-w.NURCCYIMjI8pn5BDB9-h3fXwrE-- 11 lost+found $ ls -1i /upper ls: cannot access '/upper/lost+found': No such file or directory ? lost+found 12 test With this change, the lower lost+found dentry is ignored: $ ls -1i /lower 12 ECRYPTFS_FNEK_ENCRYPTED.FWYZD8TcW.5FV-TKTEYOHsheiHX9a-w.NURCCYIMjI8pn5BDB9-h3fXwrE-- 11 lost+found $ ls -1i /upper 12 test Additionally, some potentially noisy error/info messages in the related code paths are turned into debug messages so that the logs can't be easily filled. Fixes: 88ae4ab9802e ("ecryptfs_lookup(): try either only encrypted or plaintext name") Reported-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> diff e86281e7 Wed Mar 28 17:41:52 MDT 2018 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> eCryptfs: don't pass up plaintext names when using filename encryption Both ecryptfs_filldir() and ecryptfs_readlink_lower() use ecryptfs_decode_and_decrypt_filename() to translate lower filenames to upper filenames. The function correctly passes up lower filenames, unchanged, when filename encryption isn't in use. However, it was also passing up lower filenames when the filename wasn't encrypted or when decryption failed. Since 88ae4ab9802e, eCryptfs refuses to lookup lower plaintext names when filename encryption is enabled so this resulted in a situation where userspace would see lower plaintext filenames in calls to getdents(2) but then not be able to lookup those filenames. An example of this can be seen when enabling filename encryption on an eCryptfs mount at the root directory of an Ext4 filesystem: $ ls -1i /lower 12 ECRYPTFS_FNEK_ENCRYPTED.FWYZD8TcW.5FV-TKTEYOHsheiHX9a-w.NURCCYIMjI8pn5BDB9-h3fXwrE-- 11 lost+found $ ls -1i /upper ls: cannot access '/upper/lost+found': No such file or directory ? lost+found 12 test With this change, the lower lost+found dentry is ignored: $ ls -1i /lower 12 ECRYPTFS_FNEK_ENCRYPTED.FWYZD8TcW.5FV-TKTEYOHsheiHX9a-w.NURCCYIMjI8pn5BDB9-h3fXwrE-- 11 lost+found $ ls -1i /upper 12 test Additionally, some potentially noisy error/info messages in the related code paths are turned into debug messages so that the logs can't be easily filled. Fixes: 88ae4ab9802e ("ecryptfs_lookup(): try either only encrypted or plaintext name") Reported-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5c0ba4e0 Wed May 15 11:52:59 MDT 2013 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> [readdir] introduce iterate_dir() and dir_context iterate_dir(): new helper, replacing vfs_readdir(). struct dir_context: contains the readdir callback (and will get more stuff in it), embedded into whatever data that callback wants to deal with; eventually, we'll be passing it to ->readdir() replacement instead of (data,filldir) pair. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 821f7494 Tue Jul 03 17:50:57 MDT 2012 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> eCryptfs: Revert to a writethrough cache model A change was made about a year ago to get eCryptfs to better utilize its page cache during writes. The idea was to do the page encryption operations during page writeback, rather than doing them when initially writing into the page cache, to reduce the number of page encryption operations during sequential writes. This meant that the encrypted page would only be written to the lower filesystem during page writeback, which was a change from how eCryptfs had previously wrote to the lower filesystem in ecryptfs_write_end(). The change caused a few eCryptfs-internal bugs that were shook out. Unfortunately, more grave side effects have been identified that will force changes outside of eCryptfs. Because the lower filesystem isn't consulted until page writeback, eCryptfs has no way to pass lower write errors (ENOSPC, mainly) back to userspace. Additionaly, it was reported that quotas could be bypassed because of the way eCryptfs may sometimes open the lower filesystem using a privileged kthread. It would be nice to resolve the latest issues, but it is best if the eCryptfs commits be reverted to the old behavior in the meantime. This reverts: 32001d6f "eCryptfs: Flush file in vma close" 5be79de2 "eCryptfs: Flush dirty pages in setattr" 57db4e8d "ecryptfs: modify write path to encrypt page in writepage" Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@canonical.com> Tested-by: Colin King <colin.king@canonical.com> Cc: Colin King <colin.king@canonical.com> Cc: Thieu Le <thieule@google.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 38e3eaee Tue Nov 03 13:56:06 MST 2009 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> eCryptfs: Remove mmap from directory operations Adrian reported that mkfontscale didn't work inside of eCryptfs mounts. Strace revealed the following: open("./", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_LARGEFILE|O_DIRECTORY|O_CLOEXEC) = 3 fcntl64(3, F_GETFD) = 0x1 (flags FD_CLOEXEC) open("./fonts.scale", O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666) = 4 getdents(3, /* 80 entries */, 32768) = 2304 open("./.", O_RDONLY) = 5 fcntl64(5, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat64(5, {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0755, st_size=16384, ...}) = 0 mmap2(NULL, 16384, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 5, 0) = 0xb7fcf000 close(5) = 0 --- SIGBUS (Bus error) @ 0 (0) --- +++ killed by SIGBUS +++ The mmap2() on a directory was successful, resulting in a SIGBUS signal later. This patch removes mmap() from the list of possible ecryptfs_dir_fops so that mmap() isn't possible on eCryptfs directory files. https://bugs.launchpad.net/ecryptfs/+bug/400443 Reported-by: Adrian C. <anrxc@sysphere.org> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> diff 38e3eaee Tue Nov 03 13:56:06 MST 2009 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> eCryptfs: Remove mmap from directory operations Adrian reported that mkfontscale didn't work inside of eCryptfs mounts. Strace revealed the following: open("./", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_LARGEFILE|O_DIRECTORY|O_CLOEXEC) = 3 fcntl64(3, F_GETFD) = 0x1 (flags FD_CLOEXEC) open("./fonts.scale", O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666) = 4 getdents(3, /* 80 entries */, 32768) = 2304 open("./.", O_RDONLY) = 5 fcntl64(5, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat64(5, {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0755, st_size=16384, ...}) = 0 mmap2(NULL, 16384, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 5, 0) = 0xb7fcf000 close(5) = 0 --- SIGBUS (Bus error) @ 0 (0) --- +++ killed by SIGBUS +++ The mmap2() on a directory was successful, resulting in a SIGBUS signal later. This patch removes mmap() from the list of possible ecryptfs_dir_fops so that mmap() isn't possible on eCryptfs directory files. https://bugs.launchpad.net/ecryptfs/+bug/400443 Reported-by: Adrian C. <anrxc@sysphere.org> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> diff 38e3eaee Tue Nov 03 13:56:06 MST 2009 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> eCryptfs: Remove mmap from directory operations Adrian reported that mkfontscale didn't work inside of eCryptfs mounts. Strace revealed the following: open("./", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_LARGEFILE|O_DIRECTORY|O_CLOEXEC) = 3 fcntl64(3, F_GETFD) = 0x1 (flags FD_CLOEXEC) open("./fonts.scale", O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666) = 4 getdents(3, /* 80 entries */, 32768) = 2304 open("./.", O_RDONLY) = 5 fcntl64(5, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat64(5, {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0755, st_size=16384, ...}) = 0 mmap2(NULL, 16384, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 5, 0) = 0xb7fcf000 close(5) = 0 --- SIGBUS (Bus error) @ 0 (0) --- +++ killed by SIGBUS +++ The mmap2() on a directory was successful, resulting in a SIGBUS signal later. This patch removes mmap() from the list of possible ecryptfs_dir_fops so that mmap() isn't possible on eCryptfs directory files. https://bugs.launchpad.net/ecryptfs/+bug/400443 Reported-by: Adrian C. <anrxc@sysphere.org> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> diff 38e3eaee Tue Nov 03 13:56:06 MST 2009 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> eCryptfs: Remove mmap from directory operations Adrian reported that mkfontscale didn't work inside of eCryptfs mounts. Strace revealed the following: open("./", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_LARGEFILE|O_DIRECTORY|O_CLOEXEC) = 3 fcntl64(3, F_GETFD) = 0x1 (flags FD_CLOEXEC) open("./fonts.scale", O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666) = 4 getdents(3, /* 80 entries */, 32768) = 2304 open("./.", O_RDONLY) = 5 fcntl64(5, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat64(5, {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0755, st_size=16384, ...}) = 0 mmap2(NULL, 16384, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 5, 0) = 0xb7fcf000 close(5) = 0 --- SIGBUS (Bus error) @ 0 (0) --- +++ killed by SIGBUS +++ The mmap2() on a directory was successful, resulting in a SIGBUS signal later. This patch removes mmap() from the list of possible ecryptfs_dir_fops so that mmap() isn't possible on eCryptfs directory files. https://bugs.launchpad.net/ecryptfs/+bug/400443 Reported-by: Adrian C. <anrxc@sysphere.org> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> diff 38e3eaee Tue Nov 03 13:56:06 MST 2009 Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> eCryptfs: Remove mmap from directory operations Adrian reported that mkfontscale didn't work inside of eCryptfs mounts. Strace revealed the following: open("./", O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK|O_LARGEFILE|O_DIRECTORY|O_CLOEXEC) = 3 fcntl64(3, F_GETFD) = 0x1 (flags FD_CLOEXEC) open("./fonts.scale", O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_TRUNC, 0666) = 4 getdents(3, /* 80 entries */, 32768) = 2304 open("./.", O_RDONLY) = 5 fcntl64(5, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) = 0 fstat64(5, {st_mode=S_IFDIR|0755, st_size=16384, ...}) = 0 mmap2(NULL, 16384, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, 5, 0) = 0xb7fcf000 close(5) = 0 --- SIGBUS (Bus error) @ 0 (0) --- +++ killed by SIGBUS +++ The mmap2() on a directory was successful, resulting in a SIGBUS signal later. This patch removes mmap() from the list of possible ecryptfs_dir_fops so that mmap() isn't possible on eCryptfs directory files. https://bugs.launchpad.net/ecryptfs/+bug/400443 Reported-by: Adrian C. <anrxc@sysphere.org> Signed-off-by: Tyler Hicks <tyhicks@linux.vnet.ibm.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/udf/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5ce34554 Sun May 21 18:54:34 MDT 2023 Bagas Sanjaya <bagasdotme@gmail.com> fs: udf: Replace GPL 2.0 boilerplate license notice with SPDX identifier The notice refers to full GPL 2.0 text on now defunct MIT FTP site [1]. Replace it with appropriate SPDX license identifier. Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org> Link: https://web.archive.org/web/20020809115410/ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/GPL [1] Signed-off-by: Bagas Sanjaya <bagasdotme@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Message-Id: <20230522005434.22133-2-bagasdotme@gmail.com> diff 5c26eac4 Sun Apr 23 12:58:34 MDT 2017 Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be> udf: use kmap_atomic for memcpy copying Use temporary mapping for memory copying operations. To avoid any sleeping problem, mark_inode_dirty(inode) was moved after kunmap() in udf_adinicb_readpage() down_write(&iinfo->i_data_sem) set before kmap_atomic() in udf_expand_file_adinicb() Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5d3ddd84 Thu Sep 15 17:17:21 MDT 2016 Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk> udf: don't bother with full-page write optimisations in adinicb case ... it would get converted to regular if such had been attempted Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5f380c7f Tue Apr 07 09:28:12 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> lift generic_write_checks() into callers of __generic_file_write_iter() Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5eec54fc Wed Sep 05 10:44:31 MDT 2012 Ian Abbott <abbotti@mev.co.uk> UDF: Add support for O_DIRECT Add support for the O_DIRECT flag. There are two cases to deal with: 1. Small files stored in the ICB (inode control block?): just return 0 from the new udf_adinicb_direct_IO() handler to fall back to buffered I/O. 2. Larger files, not stored in the ICB: nothing special here. Just call blockdev_direct_IO() from our new udf_direct_IO() handler and tidy up any blocks instantiated outside i_size on error. This is pretty standard. Factor error handling code out of udf_write_begin() into new function udf_write_failed() so it can also be called by udf_direct_IO(). Also change the whitespace in udf_aops to make it a bit neater. Signed-off-by: Ian Abbott <abbotti@mev.co.uk> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5c89468c Mon Sep 08 11:44:17 MDT 2008 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> udf: add llseek method UDF currently doesn't set a llseek method for regular files, which means it will fall back to default_llseek. This means no one can seek beyond 2 Gigabytes on udf, and that there's not protection vs the i_size updates from writers. Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/hfsplus/ | ||
| H A D | inode.c | diff 12f9b9a7 Fri Dec 02 03:26:41 MST 2022 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> hfsplus: remove ->writepage ->writepage is a very inefficient method to write back data, and only used through write_cache_pages or a a fallback when no ->migrate_folio method is present. Set ->migrate_folio to the generic buffer_head based helper, and stop wiring up ->writepage for hfsplus_aops. Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20221202102644.770505-5-hch@lst.de Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup() HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files. Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with -EACCES. When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir() library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open() -->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set. In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup() inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without returning ENOTDIR for HFS+ Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue: http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2 I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not work. From OSX: $ touch test $ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc $ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc --rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount /dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior. http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4 I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ? So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this feature to make opendir() work for HFS+. Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com> Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff d74a054f Thu Jan 23 16:55:25 MST 2014 Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> hfsplus: remove hfsplus_file_lookup() HFS+ resource fork lookup breaks opendir() library function. Since opendir first calls open() with O_DIRECTORY flag set. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open system call in the kernel does a check for inode->i_op->lookup and returns -ENOTDIR. So if hfsplus_file_lookup is set it allows opendir() for plain files. Also resource fork lookup in HFS+ does not work. Since it is never invoked after VFS permission checking. It will always return with -EACCES. When we call opendir() on a file, it does not return NULL. opendir() library call is based on open with O_DIRECTORY flag passed and then layered on top of getdents() system call. O_DIRECTORY means "refuse to open if not a directory". The open() system call in the kernel does a check for: do_sys_open() -->..--> can_lookup() i.e it only checks inode->i_op->lookup and returns ENOTDIR if this function pointer is not set. In OSX, we can open "file/rsrc" to get the resource fork of "file". This behavior is emulated inside hfsplus on Linux, which means that to some degree every file acts like a directory. That is the reason lookup() inode operations is supported for files, and it is possible to do a lookup on this specific name. As a result of this open succeeds without returning ENOTDIR for HFS+ Please see the LKML discussion thread on this issue: http://marc.info/?l=linux-fsdevel&m=122823343730412&w=2 I tried to test file/rsrc lookup in HFS+ driver and the feature does not work. From OSX: $ touch test $ echo "1234" > test/..namedfork/rsrc $ ls -l test..namedfork/rsrc --rw-r--r-- 1 tuxera staff 5 10 dec 12:59 test/..namedfork/rsrc [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ id uid=1000(sougata) gid=1000(sougata) groups=1000(sougata),5(tty),18(dialout),1001(vboxusers) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ mount /dev/sdb1 on /mnt/tmp type hfsplus (rw,relatime,umask=0,uid=1000,gid=1000,nls=utf8) [sougata@ultrabook tmp]$ ls -l test/rsrc ls: cannot access test/rsrc: Permission denied According to this LKML thread it is expected behavior. http://marc.info/?t=121139033800008&r=1&w=4 I guess now that permission checking happens in vfs generic_permission() ? So it turns out that even though the lookup() inode_operation exists for HFS+ files. It cannot really get invoked ?. So if we can disable this feature to make opendir() work for HFS+. Signed-off-by: Sougata Santra <sougata@tuxera.com> Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Cc: Vyacheslav Dubeyko <slava@dubeyko.com> Cc: Anton Altaparmakov <aia21@cam.ac.uk> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 9e6c5829 Thu Jul 12 08:26:31 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfsplus: get rid of write_super This patch makes hfsplus stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out. The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the 'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every 5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use '->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove it together with the kernel thread. Tested using fsstress from the LTP project. Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 9e6c5829 Thu Jul 12 08:26:31 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfsplus: get rid of write_super This patch makes hfsplus stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out. The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the 'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every 5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use '->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove it together with the kernel thread. Tested using fsstress from the LTP project. Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> |
| /linux-master/fs/hostfs/ | ||
| H A D | hostfs_kern.c | diff 5ebb29be Thu Jan 12 16:49:16 MST 2023 Christian Brauner <brauner@kernel.org> fs: port ->mknod() to pass mnt_idmap Convert to struct mnt_idmap. Last cycle we merged the necessary infrastructure in 256c8aed2b42 ("fs: introduce dedicated idmap type for mounts"). This is just the conversion to struct mnt_idmap. Currently we still pass around the plain namespace that was attached to a mount. This is in general pretty convenient but it makes it easy to conflate namespaces that are relevant on the filesystem with namespaces that are relevent on the mount level. Especially for non-vfs developers without detailed knowledge in this area this can be a potential source for bugs. Once the conversion to struct mnt_idmap is done all helpers down to the really low-level helpers will take a struct mnt_idmap argument instead of two namespace arguments. This way it becomes impossible to conflate the two eliminating the possibility of any bugs. All of the vfs and all filesystems only operate on struct mnt_idmap. Acked-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de> Signed-off-by: Christian Brauner (Microsoft) <brauner@kernel.org> diff fd60b288 Tue Mar 22 15:41:03 MDT 2022 Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> fs: allocate inode by using alloc_inode_sb() The inode allocation is supposed to use alloc_inode_sb(), so convert kmem_cache_alloc() of all filesystems to alloc_inode_sb(). Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20220228122126.37293-5-songmuchun@bytedance.com Signed-off-by: Muchun Song <songmuchun@bytedance.com> Acked-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> [ext4] Acked-by: Roman Gushchin <roman.gushchin@linux.dev> Cc: Alex Shi <alexs@kernel.org> Cc: Anna Schumaker <Anna.Schumaker@Netapp.com> Cc: Chao Yu <chao@kernel.org> Cc: Dave Chinner <david@fromorbit.com> Cc: Fam Zheng <fam.zheng@bytedance.com> Cc: Jaegeuk Kim <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Kari Argillander <kari.argillander@gmail.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@kernel.org> Cc: Qi Zheng <zhengqi.arch@bytedance.com> Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com> Cc: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Cc: Wei Yang <richard.weiyang@gmail.com> Cc: Xiongchun Duan <duanxiongchun@bytedance.com> Cc: Yang Shi <shy828301@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5d097056 Thu Jan 14 16:18:21 MST 2016 Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov.dev@gmail.com> kmemcg: account certain kmem allocations to memcg Mark those kmem allocations that are known to be easily triggered from userspace as __GFP_ACCOUNT/SLAB_ACCOUNT, which makes them accounted to memcg. For the list, see below: - threadinfo - task_struct - task_delay_info - pid - cred - mm_struct - vm_area_struct and vm_region (nommu) - anon_vma and anon_vma_chain - signal_struct - sighand_struct - fs_struct - files_struct - fdtable and fdtable->full_fds_bits - dentry and external_name - inode for all filesystems. This is the most tedious part, because most filesystems overwrite the alloc_inode method. The list is far from complete, so feel free to add more objects. Nevertheless, it should be close to "account everything" approach and keep most workloads within bounds. Malevolent users will be able to breach the limit, but this was possible even with the former "account everything" approach (simply because it did not account everything in fact). [akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes] Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@virtuozzo.com> Acked-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com> Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org> Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> Cc: Joonsoo Kim <iamjoonsoo.kim@lge.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5f2c4179 Thu May 07 09:14:26 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> switch ->put_link() from dentry to inode only one instance looks at that argument at all; that sole exception wants inode rather than dentry. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5e2df28c Sun Jun 06 17:38:18 MDT 2010 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> hostfs: pass pathname to init_inode() We will calculate it in all callers anyway, so there's no need to duplicate that inside. Moreover, that way we lose all failure exits in init_inode(), so it doesn't need to return anything. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5a0e3ad6 Wed Mar 24 02:04:11 MDT 2010 Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/hfs/ | ||
| H A D | inode.c | diff 5bef9151 Fri Jun 29 17:36:57 MDT 2018 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> new helper: inode_fake_hash() open-coded in a quite a few places... Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5b825c3a Thu Feb 02 09:54:15 MST 2017 Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> sched/headers: Prepare to remove <linux/cred.h> inclusion from <linux/sched.h> Add #include <linux/cred.h> dependencies to all .c files rely on sched.h doing that for them. Note that even if the count where we need to add extra headers seems high, it's still a net win, because <linux/sched.h> is included in over 2,200 files ... Acked-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5687b578 Thu Jul 12 08:28:49 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfs: get rid of hfs_sync_super This patch makes hfs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out. The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the 'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every 5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use '->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove it together with the kernel thread. Tested using fsstress from the LTP project. Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5687b578 Thu Jul 12 08:28:49 MDT 2012 Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> hfs: get rid of hfs_sync_super This patch makes hfs stop using the VFS '->write_super()' method along with the 's_dirt' superblock flag, because they are on their way out. The whole "superblock write-out" VFS infrastructure is served by the 'sync_supers()' kernel thread, which wakes up every 5 (by default) seconds and writes out all dirty superblocks using the '->write_super()' call-back. But the problem with this thread is that it wastes power by waking up the system every 5 seconds, even if there are no diry superblocks, or there are no client file-systems which would need this (e.g., btrfs does not use '->write_super()'). So we want to kill it completely and thus, we need to make file-systems to stop using the '->write_super()' VFS service, and then remove it together with the kernel thread. Tested using fsstress from the LTP project. Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/ext2/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff a686cd89 Wed Oct 17 00:30:46 MDT 2007 Martin J. Bligh <mbligh@mbligh.org> ext2 reservations Val's cross-port of the ext3 reservations code into ext2. [mbligh@mbligh.org: Small type error for printk [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix types, sync with ext3] [mbligh@mbligh.org: Bring ext2 reservations code in line with latest ext3] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: kill noisy printk] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: remember to dirty the gdp's block] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: cross-port the missed 5dea5176e5c32ef9f0d1a41d28427b3bf6881b3a] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: cross-port e6022603b9aa7d61d20b392e69edcdbbc1789969] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: Port the omitted 08fb306fe63d98eb86e3b16f4cc21816fa47f18e] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: Backport the missed 20acaa18d0c002fec180956f87adeb3f11f635a6] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fixes] [cmm@us.ibm.com: fix reservation extension] [bunk@stusta.de: make ext2_get_blocks() static] [hugh@veritas.com: fix hang] [hugh@veritas.com: ext2_new_blocks should reset the reservation window size] [hugh@veritas.com: ext2 balloc: fix off-by-one against rsv_end] [hugh@veritas.com: grp_goal 0 is a genuine goal (unlike -1), so ext2_try_to_allocate_with_rsv should treat it as such] [hugh@veritas.com: rbtree usage cleanup] [pbadari@us.ibm.com: Fix for ext2 reservation] [bunk@kernel.org: remove fs/ext2/balloc.c:reserve_blocks()] [hugh@veritas.com: ext2 balloc: use io_error label] Cc: "Martin J. Bligh" <mbligh@mbligh.org> Cc: Valerie Henson <val_henson@linux.intel.com> Cc: Mingming Cao <cmm@us.ibm.com> Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie> Cc: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@stusta.de> Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh@veritas.com> Signed-off-by: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/fat/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff a528d35e Tue Jan 31 09:46:22 MST 2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5d5d5689 Fri Apr 03 13:41:18 MDT 2015 Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> make new_sync_{read,write}() static All places outside of core VFS that checked ->read and ->write for being NULL or called the methods directly are gone now, so NULL {read,write} with non-NULL {read,write}_iter will do the right thing in all cases. Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> diff 5ffc4ef4 Fri Jun 01 03:49:19 MDT 2007 Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> sendfile: remove .sendfile from filesystems that use generic_file_sendfile() They can use generic_file_splice_read() instead. Since sys_sendfile() now prefers that, there should be no change in behaviour. Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/afs/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 453924de Wed Nov 08 06:57:42 MST 2023 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Overhaul invalidation handling to better support RO volumes Overhaul the third party-induced invalidation handling, making use of the previously added volume-level event counters (cb_scrub and cb_ro_snapshot) that are now being parsed out of the VolSync record returned by the fileserver in many of its replies. This allows better handling of RO (and Backup) volumes. Since these are snapshot of a RW volume that are updated atomically simultantanously across all servers that host them, they only require a single callback promise for the entire volume. The currently upstream code assumes that RO volumes operate in the same manner as RW volumes, and that each file has its own individual callback - which means that it does a status fetch for *every* file in a RO volume, whether or not the volume got "released" (volume callback breaks can occur for other reasons too, such as the volumeserver taking ownership of a volume from a fileserver). To this end, make the following changes: (1) Change the meaning of the volume's cb_v_break counter so that it is now a hint that we need to issue a status fetch to work out the state of a volume. cb_v_break is incremented by volume break callbacks and by server initialisation callbacks. (2) Add a second counter, cb_v_check, to the afs_volume struct such that if this differs from cb_v_break, we need to do a check. When the check is complete, cb_v_check is advanced to what cb_v_break was at the start of the status fetch. (3) Move the list of mmap'd vnodes to the volume and trigger removal of PTEs that map to files on a volume break rather than on a server break. (4) When a server reinitialisation callback comes in, use the server-to-volume reverse mapping added in a preceding patch to iterate over all the volumes using that server and clear the volume callback promises for that server and the general volume promise as a whole to trigger reanalysis. (5) Replace the AFS_VNODE_CB_PROMISED flag with an AFS_NO_CB_PROMISE (TIME64_MIN) value in the cb_expires_at field, reducing the number of checks we need to make. (6) Change afs_check_validity() to quickly see if various event counters have been incremented or if the vnode or volume callback promise is due to expire/has expired without making any changes to the state. That is now left to afs_validate() as this may get more complicated in future as we may have to examine server records too. (7) Overhaul afs_validate() so that it does a single status fetch if we need to check the state of either the vnode or the volume - and do so under appropriate locking. The function does the following steps: (A) If the vnode/volume is no longer seen as valid, then we take the vnode validation lock and, if the volume promise has expired, the volume check lock also. The latter prevents redundant checks being made to find out if a new version of the volume got released. (B) If a previous RPC call found that the volsync changed unexpectedly or that a RO volume was updated, then we unmap all PTEs pointing to the file to stop mmap being used for access. (C) If the vnode is still seen to be of uncertain validity, then we perform an FS.FetchStatus RPC op to jointly update the volume status and the vnode status. This assessment is done as part of parsing the reply: If the RO volume creation timestamp advances, cb_ro_snapshot is incremented; if either the creation or update timestamps changes in an unexpected way, the cb_scrub counter is incremented If the Data Version returned doesn't match the copy we have locally, then we ask for the pagecache to be zapped. This takes care of handling RO update. (D) If cb_scrub differs between volume and vnode, the vnode's pagecache is zapped and the vnode's cb_scrub is updated unless the file is marked as having been deleted. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> cc: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org diff d7bdba1c Wed Dec 22 10:21:04 MST 2021 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> 9p, afs, ceph, nfs: Use current_is_kswapd() rather than gfpflags_allow_blocking() In 9p, afs ceph, and nfs, gfpflags_allow_blocking() (which wraps a test for __GFP_DIRECT_RECLAIM being set) is used to determine if ->releasepage() should wait for the completion of a DIO write to fscache with something like: if (folio_test_fscache(folio)) { if (!gfpflags_allow_blocking(gfp) || !(gfp & __GFP_FS)) return false; folio_wait_fscache(folio); } Instead, current_is_kswapd() should be used instead. Note that this is based on a patch originally by Zhaoyang Huang[1]. In addition to extending it to the other network filesystems and putting it on top of my fscache rewrite, it also needs to include linux/swap.h in a bunch of places. Can current_is_kswapd() be moved to linux/mm.h? Changes ======= ver #5: - Dropping the changes for cifs. Originally-signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Huang <zhaoyang.huang@unisoc.com> Co-developed-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> cc: Zhaoyang Huang <zhaoyang.huang@unisoc.com> cc: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org> cc: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: Steve French <smfrench@gmail.com> cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@hammerspace.com> cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org cc: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org cc: linux-cifs@vger.kernel.org cc: linux-nfs@vger.kernel.org cc: linux-mm@kvack.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1638952658-20285-1-git-send-email-huangzhaoyang@gmail.com/ [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021590773.640689.16777975200823659231.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 diff 523d27cd Thu Feb 06 07:22:21 MST 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Convert afs to use the new fscache API Change the afs filesystem to support the new afs driver. The following changes have been made: (1) The fscache_netfs struct is no more, and there's no need to register the filesystem as a whole. There's also no longer a cell cookie. (2) The volume cookie is now an fscache_volume cookie, allocated with fscache_acquire_volume(). This function takes three parameters: a string representing the "volume" in the index, a string naming the cache to use (or NULL) and a u64 that conveys coherency metadata for the volume. For afs, I've made it render the volume name string as: "afs,<cell>,<volume_id>" and the coherency data is currently 0. (3) The fscache_cookie_def is no more and needed information is passed directly to fscache_acquire_cookie(). The cache no longer calls back into the filesystem, but rather metadata changes are indicated at other times. fscache_acquire_cookie() is passed the same keying and coherency information as before, except that these are now stored in big endian form instead of cpu endian. This makes the cache more copyable. (4) fscache_use_cookie() and fscache_unuse_cookie() are called when a file is opened or closed to prevent a cache file from being culled and to keep resources to hand that are needed to do I/O. fscache_use_cookie() is given an indication if the cache is likely to be modified locally (e.g. the file is open for writing). fscache_unuse_cookie() is given a coherency update if we had the file open for writing and will update that. (5) fscache_invalidate() is now given uptodate auxiliary data and a file size. It can also take a flag to indicate if this was due to a DIO write. This is wrapped into afs_fscache_invalidate() now for convenience. (6) fscache_resize() now gets called from the finalisation of afs_setattr(), and afs_setattr() does use/unuse of the cookie around the call to support this. (7) fscache_note_page_release() is called from afs_release_page(). (8) Use a killable wait in nfs_vm_page_mkwrite() when waiting for PG_fscache to be cleared. Render the parts of the cookie key for an afs inode cookie as big endian. Changes ======= ver #2: - Use gfpflags_allow_blocking() rather than using flag directly. - fscache_acquire_volume() now returns errors. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Acked-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Tested-by: kafs-testing@auristor.com cc: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163819661382.215744.1485608824741611837.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v1 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163906970002.143852.17678518584089878259.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163967174665.1823006.1301789965454084220.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/164021568841.640689.6684240152253400380.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 diff 78525c74 Wed Aug 11 02:49:13 MDT 2021 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> netfs, 9p, afs, ceph: Use folios Convert the netfs helper library to use folios throughout, convert the 9p and afs filesystems to use folios in their file I/O paths and convert the ceph filesystem to use just enough folios to compile. With these changes, afs passes -g quick xfstests. Changes ======= ver #5: - Got rid of folio_end{io,_read,_write}() and inlined the stuff it does instead (Willy decided he didn't want this after all). ver #4: - Fixed a bug in afs_redirty_page() whereby it didn't set the next page index in the loop and returned too early. - Simplified a check in v9fs_vfs_write_folio_locked()[1]. - Undid a change to afs_symlink_readpage()[1]. - Used offset_in_folio() in afs_write_end()[1]. - Changed from using page_endio() to folio_end{io,_read,_write}()[1]. ver #2: - Add 9p foliation. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Tested-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@kernel.org> Tested-by: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org> Tested-by: kafs-testing@auristor.com cc: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> cc: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com> cc: Dominique Martinet <asmadeus@codewreck.org> cc: v9fs-developer@lists.sourceforge.net cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org cc: ceph-devel@vger.kernel.org cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/YYKa3bfQZxK5/wDN@casper.infradead.org/ [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2408234.1628687271@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # rfc Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162877311459.3085614.10601478228012245108.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/162981153551.1901565.3124454657133703341.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163005745264.2472992.9852048135392188995.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163584187452.4023316.500389675405550116.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163649328026.309189.1124218109373941936.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/163657852454.834781.9265101983152100556.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v5 diff 5cbf0398 Thu Feb 06 07:22:29 MST 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Use new netfs lib read helper API Make AFS use the new netfs read helpers to implement the VM read operations: - afs_readpage() now hands off responsibility to netfs_readpage(). - afs_readpages() is gone and replaced with afs_readahead(). - afs_readahead() just hands off responsibility to netfs_readahead(). These make use of the cache if a cookie is supplied, otherwise just call the ->issue_op() method a sufficient number of times to complete the entire request. Changes: v5: - Use proper wait function for PG_fscache in afs_page_mkwrite()[1]. - Use killable wait for PG_writeback in afs_page_mkwrite()[1]. v4: - Folded in error handling fixes to afs_req_issue_op(). - Added flag to netfs_subreq_terminated() to indicate that the caller may have been running async and stuff that might sleep needs punting to a workqueue. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Tested-By: Marc Dionne <marc.dionne@auristor.com> cc: linux-afs@lists.infradead.org cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com cc: linux-fsdevel@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/2499407.1616505440@warthog.procyon.org.uk [1] Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/160588542733.3465195.7526541422073350302.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # rfc Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161118158436.1232039.3884845981224091996.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # rfc Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161161053540.2537118.14904446369309535330.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v2 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161340418739.1303470.5908092911600241280.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161539561926.286939.5729036262354802339.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v4 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161653817977.2770958.17696456811587237197.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v5 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/161789101258.6155.3879271028895121537.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk/ # v6 diff e49c7b2f Fri Apr 10 13:51:51 MDT 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Build an abstraction around an "operation" concept Turn the afs_operation struct into the main way that most fileserver operations are managed. Various things are added to the struct, including the following: (1) All the parameters and results of the relevant operations are moved into it, removing corresponding fields from the afs_call struct. afs_call gets a pointer to the op. (2) The target volume is made the main focus of the operation, rather than the target vnode(s), and a bunch of op->vnode->volume are made op->volume instead. (3) Two vnode records are defined (op->file[]) for the vnode(s) involved in most operations. The vnode record (struct afs_vnode_param) contains: - The vnode pointer. - The fid of the vnode to be included in the parameters or that was returned in the reply (eg. FS.MakeDir). - The status and callback information that may be returned in the reply about the vnode. - Callback break and data version tracking for detecting simultaneous third-parth changes. (4) Pointers to dentries to be updated with new inodes. (5) An operations table pointer. The table includes pointers to functions for issuing AFS and YFS-variant RPCs, handling the success and abort of an operation and handling post-I/O-lock local editing of a directory. To make this work, the following function restructuring is made: (A) The rotation loop that issues calls to fileservers that can be found in each function that wants to issue an RPC (such as afs_mkdir()) is extracted out into common code, in a new file called fs_operation.c. (B) The rotation loops, such as the one in afs_mkdir(), are replaced with a much smaller piece of code that allocates an operation, sets the parameters and then calls out to the common code to do the actual work. (C) The code for handling the success and failure of an operation are moved into operation functions (as (5) above) and these are called from the core code at appropriate times. (D) The pseudo inode getting stuff used by the dynamic root code is moved over into dynroot.c. (E) struct afs_iget_data is absorbed into the operation struct and afs_iget() expects to be given an op pointer and a vnode record. (F) Point (E) doesn't work for the root dir of a volume, but we know the FID in advance (it's always vnode 1, unique 1), so a separate inode getter, afs_root_iget(), is provided to special-case that. (G) The inode status init/update functions now also take an op and a vnode record. (H) The RPC marshalling functions now, for the most part, just take an afs_operation struct as their only argument. All the data they need is held there. The result delivery functions write their answers there as well. (I) The call is attached to the operation and then the operation core does the waiting. And then the new operation code is, for the moment, made to just initialise the operation, get the appropriate vnode I/O locks and do the same rotation loop as before. This lays the foundation for the following changes in the future: (*) Overhauling the rotation (again). (*) Support for asynchronous I/O, where the fileserver rotation must be done asynchronously also. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff e49c7b2f Fri Apr 10 13:51:51 MDT 2020 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Build an abstraction around an "operation" concept Turn the afs_operation struct into the main way that most fileserver operations are managed. Various things are added to the struct, including the following: (1) All the parameters and results of the relevant operations are moved into it, removing corresponding fields from the afs_call struct. afs_call gets a pointer to the op. (2) The target volume is made the main focus of the operation, rather than the target vnode(s), and a bunch of op->vnode->volume are made op->volume instead. (3) Two vnode records are defined (op->file[]) for the vnode(s) involved in most operations. The vnode record (struct afs_vnode_param) contains: - The vnode pointer. - The fid of the vnode to be included in the parameters or that was returned in the reply (eg. FS.MakeDir). - The status and callback information that may be returned in the reply about the vnode. - Callback break and data version tracking for detecting simultaneous third-parth changes. (4) Pointers to dentries to be updated with new inodes. (5) An operations table pointer. The table includes pointers to functions for issuing AFS and YFS-variant RPCs, handling the success and abort of an operation and handling post-I/O-lock local editing of a directory. To make this work, the following function restructuring is made: (A) The rotation loop that issues calls to fileservers that can be found in each function that wants to issue an RPC (such as afs_mkdir()) is extracted out into common code, in a new file called fs_operation.c. (B) The rotation loops, such as the one in afs_mkdir(), are replaced with a much smaller piece of code that allocates an operation, sets the parameters and then calls out to the common code to do the actual work. (C) The code for handling the success and failure of an operation are moved into operation functions (as (5) above) and these are called from the core code at appropriate times. (D) The pseudo inode getting stuff used by the dynamic root code is moved over into dynroot.c. (E) struct afs_iget_data is absorbed into the operation struct and afs_iget() expects to be given an op pointer and a vnode record. (F) Point (E) doesn't work for the root dir of a volume, but we know the FID in advance (it's always vnode 1, unique 1), so a separate inode getter, afs_root_iget(), is provided to special-case that. (G) The inode status init/update functions now also take an op and a vnode record. (H) The RPC marshalling functions now, for the most part, just take an afs_operation struct as their only argument. All the data they need is held there. The result delivery functions write their answers there as well. (I) The call is attached to the operation and then the operation core does the waiting. And then the new operation code is, for the moment, made to just initialise the operation, get the appropriate vnode I/O locks and do the same rotation loop as before. This lays the foundation for the following changes in the future: (*) Overhauling the rotation (again). (*) Support for asynchronous I/O, where the fileserver rotation must be done asynchronously also. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff a58823ac Thu May 09 08:16:10 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Fix application of status and callback to be under same lock When applying the status and callback in the response of an operation, apply them in the same critical section so that there's no race between checking the callback state and checking status-dependent state (such as the data version). Fix this by: (1) Allocating a joint {status,callback} record (afs_status_cb) before calling the RPC function for each vnode for which the RPC reply contains a status or a status plus a callback. A flag is set in the record to indicate if a callback was actually received. (2) These records are passed into the RPC functions to be filled in. The afs_decode_status() and yfs_decode_status() functions are removed and the cb_lock is no longer taken. (3) xdr_decode_AFSFetchStatus() and xdr_decode_YFSFetchStatus() no longer update the vnode. (4) xdr_decode_AFSCallBack() and xdr_decode_YFSCallBack() no longer update the vnode. (5) vnodes, expected data-version numbers and callback break counters (cb_break) no longer need to be passed to the reply delivery functions. Note that, for the moment, the file locking functions still need access to both the call and the vnode at the same time. (6) afs_vnode_commit_status() is now given the cb_break value and the expected data_version and the task of applying the status and the callback to the vnode are now done here. This is done under a single taking of vnode->cb_lock. (7) afs_pages_written_back() is now called by afs_store_data() rather than by the reply delivery function. afs_pages_written_back() has been moved to before the call point and is now given the first and last page numbers rather than a pointer to the call. (8) The indicator from YFS.RemoveFile2 as to whether the target file actually got removed (status.abort_code == VNOVNODE) rather than merely dropping a link is now checked in afs_unlink rather than in xdr_decode_YFSFetchStatus(). Supplementary fixes: (*) afs_cache_permit() now gets the caller_access mask from the afs_status_cb object rather than picking it out of the vnode's status record. afs_fetch_status() returns caller_access through its argument list for this purpose also. (*) afs_inode_init_from_status() now uses a write lock on cb_lock rather than a read lock and now sets the callback inside the same critical section. Fixes: c435ee34551e ("afs: Overhaul the callback handling") Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff a1b879ee Tue May 14 17:09:17 MDT 2019 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Fix key leak in afs_release() and afs_evict_inode() Fix afs_release() to go through the cleanup part of the function if FMODE_WRITE is set rather than exiting through vfs_fsync() (which skips the cleanup). The cleanup involves discarding the refs on the key used for file ops and the writeback key record. Also fix afs_evict_inode() to clean up any left over wb keys attached to the inode/vnode when it is removed. Fixes: 5a8132761609 ("afs: Do better accretion of small writes on newly created content") Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> diff 5a813276 Fri Apr 06 07:17:26 MDT 2018 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> afs: Do better accretion of small writes on newly created content Processes like ld that do lots of small writes that aren't necessarily contiguous result in a lot of small StoreData operations to the server, the idea being that if someone else changes the data on the server, we only write our changes over that and not the space between. Further, we don't want to write back empty space if we can avoid it to make it easier for the server to do sparse files. However, making lots of tiny RPC ops is a lot less efficient for the server than one big one because each op requires allocation of resources and the taking of locks, so we want to compromise a bit. Reduce the load by the following: (1) If a file is just created locally or has just been truncated with O_TRUNC locally, allow subsequent writes to the file to be merged with intervening space if that space doesn't cross an entire intervening page. (2) Don't flush the file on ->flush() but rather on ->release() if the file was open for writing. Just linking vmlinux.o, without this patch, looking in /proc/fs/afs/stats: file-wr : n=441 nb=513581204 and after the patch: file-wr : n=62 nb=513668555 there were 379 fewer StoreData RPC operations at the expense of an extra 87K being written. Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> |
| /linux-master/fs/ocfs2/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 90bd070a Fri Apr 09 14:27:29 MDT 2021 Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com> ocfs2: fix deadlock between setattr and dio_end_io_write The following deadlock is detected: truncate -> setattr path is waiting for pending direct IO to be done (inode->i_dio_count become zero) with inode->i_rwsem held (down_write). PID: 14827 TASK: ffff881686a9af80 CPU: 20 COMMAND: "ora_p005_hrltd9" #0 __schedule at ffffffff818667cc #1 schedule at ffffffff81866de6 #2 inode_dio_wait at ffffffff812a2d04 #3 ocfs2_setattr at ffffffffc05f322e [ocfs2] #4 notify_change at ffffffff812a5a09 #5 do_truncate at ffffffff812808f5 #6 do_sys_ftruncate.constprop.18 at ffffffff81280cf2 #7 sys_ftruncate at ffffffff81280d8e #8 do_syscall_64 at ffffffff81003949 #9 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe at ffffffff81a001ad dio completion path is going to complete one direct IO (decrement inode->i_dio_count), but before that it hung at locking inode->i_rwsem: #0 __schedule+700 at ffffffff818667cc #1 schedule+54 at ffffffff81866de6 #2 rwsem_down_write_failed+536 at ffffffff8186aa28 #3 call_rwsem_down_write_failed+23 at ffffffff8185a1b7 #4 down_write+45 at ffffffff81869c9d #5 ocfs2_dio_end_io_write+180 at ffffffffc05d5444 [ocfs2] #6 ocfs2_dio_end_io+85 at ffffffffc05d5a85 [ocfs2] #7 dio_complete+140 at ffffffff812c873c #8 dio_aio_complete_work+25 at ffffffff812c89f9 #9 process_one_work+361 at ffffffff810b1889 #10 worker_thread+77 at ffffffff810b233d #11 kthread+261 at ffffffff810b7fd5 #12 ret_from_fork+62 at ffffffff81a0035e Thus above forms ABBA deadlock. The same deadlock was mentioned in upstream commit 28f5a8a7c033 ("ocfs2: should wait dio before inode lock in ocfs2_setattr()"). It seems that that commit only removed the cluster lock (the victim of above dead lock) from the ABBA deadlock party. End-user visible effects: Process hang in truncate -> ocfs2_setattr path and other processes hang at ocfs2_dio_end_io_write path. This is to fix the deadlock itself. It removes inode_lock() call from dio completion path to remove the deadlock and add ip_alloc_sem lock in setattr path to synchronize the inode modifications. [wen.gang.wang@oracle.com: remove the "had_alloc_lock" as suggested] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210402171344.1605-1-wen.gang.wang@oracle.com Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210331203654.3911-1-wen.gang.wang@oracle.com Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Joseph Qi <joseph.qi@linux.alibaba.com> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Changwei Ge <gechangwei@live.cn> Cc: Gang He <ghe@suse.com> Cc: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 90bd070a Fri Apr 09 14:27:29 MDT 2021 Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com> ocfs2: fix deadlock between setattr and dio_end_io_write The following deadlock is detected: truncate -> setattr path is waiting for pending direct IO to be done (inode->i_dio_count become zero) with inode->i_rwsem held (down_write). PID: 14827 TASK: ffff881686a9af80 CPU: 20 COMMAND: "ora_p005_hrltd9" #0 __schedule at ffffffff818667cc #1 schedule at ffffffff81866de6 #2 inode_dio_wait at ffffffff812a2d04 #3 ocfs2_setattr at ffffffffc05f322e [ocfs2] #4 notify_change at ffffffff812a5a09 #5 do_truncate at ffffffff812808f5 #6 do_sys_ftruncate.constprop.18 at ffffffff81280cf2 #7 sys_ftruncate at ffffffff81280d8e #8 do_syscall_64 at ffffffff81003949 #9 entry_SYSCALL_64_after_hwframe at ffffffff81a001ad dio completion path is going to complete one direct IO (decrement inode->i_dio_count), but before that it hung at locking inode->i_rwsem: #0 __schedule+700 at ffffffff818667cc #1 schedule+54 at ffffffff81866de6 #2 rwsem_down_write_failed+536 at ffffffff8186aa28 #3 call_rwsem_down_write_failed+23 at ffffffff8185a1b7 #4 down_write+45 at ffffffff81869c9d #5 ocfs2_dio_end_io_write+180 at ffffffffc05d5444 [ocfs2] #6 ocfs2_dio_end_io+85 at ffffffffc05d5a85 [ocfs2] #7 dio_complete+140 at ffffffff812c873c #8 dio_aio_complete_work+25 at ffffffff812c89f9 #9 process_one_work+361 at ffffffff810b1889 #10 worker_thread+77 at ffffffff810b233d #11 kthread+261 at ffffffff810b7fd5 #12 ret_from_fork+62 at ffffffff81a0035e Thus above forms ABBA deadlock. The same deadlock was mentioned in upstream commit 28f5a8a7c033 ("ocfs2: should wait dio before inode lock in ocfs2_setattr()"). It seems that that commit only removed the cluster lock (the victim of above dead lock) from the ABBA deadlock party. End-user visible effects: Process hang in truncate -> ocfs2_setattr path and other processes hang at ocfs2_dio_end_io_write path. This is to fix the deadlock itself. It removes inode_lock() call from dio completion path to remove the deadlock and add ip_alloc_sem lock in setattr path to synchronize the inode modifications. [wen.gang.wang@oracle.com: remove the "had_alloc_lock" as suggested] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210402171344.1605-1-wen.gang.wang@oracle.com Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210331203654.3911-1-wen.gang.wang@oracle.com Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Joseph Qi <joseph.qi@linux.alibaba.com> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Changwei Ge <gechangwei@live.cn> Cc: Gang He <ghe@suse.com> Cc: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5bc55d65 Thu Jun 07 18:04:38 MDT 2018 Jia Guo <guojia12@huawei.com> ocfs2: clean up redundant function declarations ocfs2_extend_allocation() has been deleted, clean up its declaration. Also change the static function name from __ocfs2_extend_allocation() to ocfs2_extend_allocation() to be consistent with the corresponding trace events as well as comments for ocfs2_lock_allocators(). Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/09cf7125-6f12-e53e-20f5-e606b2c16b48@huawei.com Fixes: 964f14a0d350 ("ocfs2: clean up some dead code") Signed-off-by: Jia Guo <guojia12@huawei.com> Acked-by: Joseph Qi <jiangqi903@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Changwei Ge <ge.changwei@h3c.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 95582b00 Tue May 08 20:36:02 MDT 2018 Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> vfs: change inode times to use struct timespec64 struct timespec is not y2038 safe. Transition vfs to use y2038 safe struct timespec64 instead. The change was made with the help of the following cocinelle script. This catches about 80% of the changes. All the header file and logic changes are included in the first 5 rules. The rest are trivial substitutions. I avoid changing any of the function signatures or any other filesystem specific data structures to keep the patch simple for review. The script can be a little shorter by combining different cases. But, this version was sufficient for my usecase. virtual patch @ depends on patch @ identifier now; @@ - struct timespec + struct timespec64 current_time ( ... ) { - struct timespec now = current_kernel_time(); + struct timespec64 now = current_kernel_time64(); ... - return timespec_trunc( + return timespec64_trunc( ... ); } @ depends on patch @ identifier xtime; @@ struct \( iattr \| inode \| kstat \) { ... - struct timespec xtime; + struct timespec64 xtime; ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ struct inode_operations { ... int (*update_time) (..., - struct timespec t, + struct timespec64 t, ...); ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; @@ fn_update_time (..., - struct timespec *t, + struct timespec64 *t, ...) { ... } @ depends on patch @ identifier t; @@ lease_get_mtime( ... , - struct timespec *t + struct timespec64 *t ) { ... } @te depends on patch forall@ identifier ts; local idexpression struct inode *inode_node; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn_update_time =~ "update_time$"; identifier fn; expression e, E3; local idexpression struct inode *node1; local idexpression struct inode *node2; local idexpression struct iattr *attr1; local idexpression struct iattr *attr2; local idexpression struct iattr attr; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; @@ ( ( - struct timespec ts; + struct timespec64 ts; | - struct timespec ts = current_time(inode_node); + struct timespec64 ts = current_time(inode_node); ) <+... when != ts ( - timespec_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_equal(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_equal(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | - timespec_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) + timespec64_compare(&inode_node->i_xtime, &ts) | - timespec_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) + timespec64_compare(&ts, &inode_node->i_xtime) | ts = current_time(e) | fn_update_time(..., &ts,...) | inode_node->i_xtime = ts | node1->i_xtime = ts | ts = inode_node->i_xtime | <+... attr1->ia_xtime ...+> = ts | ts = attr1->ia_xtime | ts.tv_sec | ts.tv_nsec | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_sec(..., ts.tv_sec) | btrfs_set_stack_timespec_nsec(..., ts.tv_nsec) | - ts = timespec64_to_timespec( + ts = ... -) | - ts = ktime_to_timespec( + ts = ktime_to_timespec64( ...) | - ts = E3 + ts = timespec_to_timespec64(E3) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&ts) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&ts) | fn(..., - ts + timespec64_to_timespec(ts) ,...) ) ...+> ( <... when != ts - return ts; + return timespec64_to_timespec(ts); ...> ) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &node2->i_xtime2) | - timespec_equal(&node1->i_xtime1, &attr2->ia_xtime2) + timespec64_equal(&node1->i_xtime2, &attr2->ia_xtime2) | - timespec_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) + timespec64_compare(&node1->i_xtime1, &node2->i_xtime2) | node1->i_xtime1 = - timespec_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, + timespec64_trunc(attr1->ia_xtime1, ...) | - attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, + attr1->ia_xtime1 = timespec64_trunc(attr2->ia_xtime2, ...) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr1->ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr1->ia_xtime1) | - ktime_get_real_ts(&attr.ia_xtime1) + ktime_get_real_ts64(&attr.ia_xtime1) ) @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier fn; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; expression e; @@ ( - fn(node->i_xtime); + fn(timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | fn(..., - node->i_xtime); + timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime)); | - e = fn(attr->ia_xtime); + e = fn(timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime)); ) @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier fn; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch forall @ struct inode *node; struct iattr *attr; struct kstat *stat; identifier ia_xtime =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier xtime =~ "^[acm]time$"; identifier fn, ret; @@ { + struct timespec ts; <+... ( + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(node->i_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &node->i_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime, + &ts, ...); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(attr->ia_xtime); ret = fn (..., - &attr->ia_xtime); + &ts); | + ts = timespec64_to_timespec(stat->xtime); ret = fn (..., - &stat->xtime); + &ts); ) ...+> } @ depends on patch @ struct inode *node; struct inode *node2; identifier i_xtime1 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime2 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; identifier i_xtime3 =~ "^i_[acm]time$"; struct iattr *attrp; struct iattr *attrp2; struct iattr attr ; identifier ia_xtime1 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; identifier ia_xtime2 =~ "^ia_[acm]time$"; struct kstat *stat; struct kstat stat1; struct timespec64 ts; identifier xtime =~ "^[acmb]time$"; expression e; @@ ( ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \| attr.ia_xtime2 \) = node->i_xtime1 ; | node->i_xtime2 = \( node2->i_xtime1 \| timespec64_trunc(...) \); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = \(ts \| current_time(...) \); | stat->xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | stat1.xtime = node2->i_xtime1; | ( node->i_xtime2 \| attrp->ia_xtime2 \) = attrp->ia_xtime1 ; | ( attrp->ia_xtime1 \| attr.ia_xtime1 \) = attrp2->ia_xtime2; | - e = node->i_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( node->i_xtime1 ); | - e = attrp->ia_xtime1; + e = timespec64_to_timespec( attrp->ia_xtime1 ); | node->i_xtime1 = current_time(...); | node->i_xtime2 = node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | node->i_xtime1 = node->i_xtime3 = - e; + timespec_to_timespec64(e); | - node->i_xtime1 = e; + node->i_xtime1 = timespec_to_timespec64(e); ) Signed-off-by: Deepa Dinamani <deepa.kernel@gmail.com> Cc: <anton@tuxera.com> Cc: <balbi@kernel.org> Cc: <bfields@fieldses.org> Cc: <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Cc: <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: <dsterba@suse.com> Cc: <dwmw2@infradead.org> Cc: <hch@lst.de> Cc: <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp> Cc: <hubcap@omnibond.com> Cc: <jack@suse.com> Cc: <jaegeuk@kernel.org> Cc: <jaharkes@cs.cmu.edu> Cc: <jslaby@suse.com> Cc: <keescook@chromium.org> Cc: <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: <miklos@szeredi.hu> Cc: <nico@linaro.org> Cc: <reiserfs-devel@vger.kernel.org> Cc: <richard@nod.at> Cc: <sage@redhat.com> Cc: <sfrench@samba.org> Cc: <swhiteho@redhat.com> Cc: <tj@kernel.org> Cc: <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff d324cd4c Thu Apr 05 17:18:37 MDT 2018 piaojun <piaojun@huawei.com> ocfs2: use 'oi' instead of 'OCFS2_I()' We could use 'oi' instead of 'OCFS2_I()' to make code more elegant. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/5A7020FE.5050906@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Yiwen Jiang <jiangyiwen@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Alex Chen <alex.chen@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Joseph Qi <jiangqi903@gmail.com> Cc: Changwei Ge <ge.changwei@h3c.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 1119d3c0 Thu Apr 05 17:18:33 MDT 2018 piaojun <piaojun@huawei.com> ocfs2: use 'osb' instead of 'OCFS2_SB()' We could use 'osb' instead of 'OCFS2_SB()' to make code more elegant. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/5A702111.7090907@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Jun Piao <piaojun@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Yiwen Jiang <jiangyiwen@huawei.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mark@fasheh.com> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Joseph Qi <jiangqi903@gmail.com> Cc: Changwei Ge <ge.changwei@h3c.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff a528d35e Tue Jan 31 09:46:22 MST 2017 David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> statx: Add a system call to make enhanced file info available Add a system call to make extended file information available, including file creation and some attribute flags where available through the underlying filesystem. The getattr inode operation is altered to take two additional arguments: a u32 request_mask and an unsigned int flags that indicate the synchronisation mode. This change is propagated to the vfs_getattr*() function. Functions like vfs_stat() are now inline wrappers around new functions vfs_statx() and vfs_statx_fd() to reduce stack usage. ======== OVERVIEW ======== The idea was initially proposed as a set of xattrs that could be retrieved with getxattr(), but the general preference proved to be for a new syscall with an extended stat structure. A number of requests were gathered for features to be included. The following have been included: (1) Make the fields a consistent size on all arches and make them large. (2) Spare space, request flags and information flags are provided for future expansion. (3) Better support for the y2038 problem [Arnd Bergmann] (tv_sec is an __s64). (4) Creation time: The SMB protocol carries the creation time, which could be exported by Samba, which will in turn help CIFS make use of FS-Cache as that can be used for coherency data (stx_btime). This is also specified in NFSv4 as a recommended attribute and could be exported by NFSD [Steve French]. (5) Lightweight stat: Ask for just those details of interest, and allow a netfs (such as NFS) to approximate anything not of interest, possibly without going to the server [Trond Myklebust, Ulrich Drepper, Andreas Dilger] (AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC). (6) Heavyweight stat: Force a netfs to go to the server, even if it thinks its cached attributes are up to date [Trond Myklebust] (AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC). And the following have been left out for future extension: (7) Data version number: Could be used by userspace NFS servers [Aneesh Kumar]. Can also be used to modify fill_post_wcc() in NFSD which retrieves i_version directly, but has just called vfs_getattr(). It could get it from the kstat struct if it used vfs_xgetattr() instead. (There's disagreement on the exact semantics of a single field, since not all filesystems do this the same way). (8) BSD stat compatibility: Including more fields from the BSD stat such as creation time (st_btime) and inode generation number (st_gen) [Jeremy Allison, Bernd Schubert]. (9) Inode generation number: Useful for FUSE and userspace NFS servers [Bernd Schubert]. (This was asked for but later deemed unnecessary with the open-by-handle capability available and caused disagreement as to whether it's a security hole or not). (10) Extra coherency data may be useful in making backups [Andreas Dilger]. (No particular data were offered, but things like last backup timestamp, the data version number and the DOS archive bit would come into this category). (11) Allow the filesystem to indicate what it can/cannot provide: A filesystem can now say it doesn't support a standard stat feature if that isn't available, so if, for instance, inode numbers or UIDs don't exist or are fabricated locally... (This requires a separate system call - I have an fsinfo() call idea for this). (12) Store a 16-byte volume ID in the superblock that can be returned in struct xstat [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (13) Include granularity fields in the time data to indicate the granularity of each of the times (NFSv4 time_delta) [Steve French]. (Deferred to fsinfo). (14) FS_IOC_GETFLAGS value. These could be translated to BSD's st_flags. Note that the Linux IOC flags are a mess and filesystems such as Ext4 define flags that aren't in linux/fs.h, so translation in the kernel may be a necessity (or, possibly, we provide the filesystem type too). (Some attributes are made available in stx_attributes, but the general feeling was that the IOC flags were to ext[234]-specific and shouldn't be exposed through statx this way). (15) Mask of features available on file (eg: ACLs, seclabel) [Brad Boyer, Michael Kerrisk]. (Deferred, probably to fsinfo. Finding out if there's an ACL or seclabal might require extra filesystem operations). (16) Femtosecond-resolution timestamps [Dave Chinner]. (A __reserved field has been left in the statx_timestamp struct for this - if there proves to be a need). (17) A set multiple attributes syscall to go with this. =============== NEW SYSTEM CALL =============== The new system call is: int ret = statx(int dfd, const char *filename, unsigned int flags, unsigned int mask, struct statx *buffer); The dfd, filename and flags parameters indicate the file to query, in a similar way to fstatat(). There is no equivalent of lstat() as that can be emulated with statx() by passing AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW in flags. There is also no equivalent of fstat() as that can be emulated by passing a NULL filename to statx() with the fd of interest in dfd. Whether or not statx() synchronises the attributes with the backing store can be controlled by OR'ing a value into the flags argument (this typically only affects network filesystems): (1) AT_STATX_SYNC_AS_STAT tells statx() to behave as stat() does in this respect. (2) AT_STATX_FORCE_SYNC will require a network filesystem to synchronise its attributes with the server - which might require data writeback to occur to get the timestamps correct. (3) AT_STATX_DONT_SYNC will suppress synchronisation with the server in a network filesystem. The resulting values should be considered approximate. mask is a bitmask indicating the fields in struct statx that are of interest to the caller. The user should set this to STATX_BASIC_STATS to get the basic set returned by stat(). It should be noted that asking for more information may entail extra I/O operations. buffer points to the destination for the data. This must be 256 bytes in size. ====================== MAIN ATTRIBUTES RECORD ====================== The following structures are defined in which to return the main attribute set: struct statx_timestamp { __s64 tv_sec; __s32 tv_nsec; __s32 __reserved; }; struct statx { __u32 stx_mask; __u32 stx_blksize; __u64 stx_attributes; __u32 stx_nlink; __u32 stx_uid; __u32 stx_gid; __u16 stx_mode; __u16 __spare0[1]; __u64 stx_ino; __u64 stx_size; __u64 stx_blocks; __u64 __spare1[1]; struct statx_timestamp stx_atime; struct statx_timestamp stx_btime; struct statx_timestamp stx_ctime; struct statx_timestamp stx_mtime; __u32 stx_rdev_major; __u32 stx_rdev_minor; __u32 stx_dev_major; __u32 stx_dev_minor; __u64 __spare2[14]; }; The defined bits in request_mask and stx_mask are: STATX_TYPE Want/got stx_mode & S_IFMT STATX_MODE Want/got stx_mode & ~S_IFMT STATX_NLINK Want/got stx_nlink STATX_UID Want/got stx_uid STATX_GID Want/got stx_gid STATX_ATIME Want/got stx_atime{,_ns} STATX_MTIME Want/got stx_mtime{,_ns} STATX_CTIME Want/got stx_ctime{,_ns} STATX_INO Want/got stx_ino STATX_SIZE Want/got stx_size STATX_BLOCKS Want/got stx_blocks STATX_BASIC_STATS [The stuff in the normal stat struct] STATX_BTIME Want/got stx_btime{,_ns} STATX_ALL [All currently available stuff] stx_btime is the file creation time, stx_mask is a bitmask indicating the data provided and __spares*[] are where as-yet undefined fields can be placed. Time fields are structures with separate seconds and nanoseconds fields plus a reserved field in case we want to add even finer resolution. Note that times will be negative if before 1970; in such a case, the nanosecond fields will also be negative if not zero. The bits defined in the stx_attributes field convey information about a file, how it is accessed, where it is and what it does. The following attributes map to FS_*_FL flags and are the same numerical value: STATX_ATTR_COMPRESSED File is compressed by the fs STATX_ATTR_IMMUTABLE File is marked immutable STATX_ATTR_APPEND File is append-only STATX_ATTR_NODUMP File is not to be dumped STATX_ATTR_ENCRYPTED File requires key to decrypt in fs Within the kernel, the supported flags are listed by: KSTAT_ATTR_FS_IOC_FLAGS [Are any other IOC flags of sufficient general interest to be exposed through this interface?] New flags include: STATX_ATTR_AUTOMOUNT Object is an automount trigger These are for the use of GUI tools that might want to mark files specially, depending on what they are. Fields in struct statx come in a number of classes: (0) stx_dev_*, stx_blksize. These are local system information and are always available. (1) stx_mode, stx_nlinks, stx_uid, stx_gid, stx_[amc]time, stx_ino, stx_size, stx_blocks. These will be returned whether the caller asks for them or not. The corresponding bits in stx_mask will be set to indicate whether they actually have valid values. If the caller didn't ask for them, then they may be approximated. For example, NFS won't waste any time updating them from the server, unless as a byproduct of updating something requested. If the values don't actually exist for the underlying object (such as UID or GID on a DOS file), then the bit won't be set in the stx_mask, even if the caller asked for the value. In such a case, the returned value will be a fabrication. Note that there are instances where the type might not be valid, for instance Windows reparse points. (2) stx_rdev_*. This will be set only if stx_mode indicates we're looking at a blockdev or a chardev, otherwise will be 0. (3) stx_btime. Similar to (1), except this will be set to 0 if it doesn't exist. ======= TESTING ======= The following test program can be used to test the statx system call: samples/statx/test-statx.c Just compile and run, passing it paths to the files you want to examine. The file is built automatically if CONFIG_SAMPLES is enabled. Here's some example output. Firstly, an NFS directory that crosses to another FSID. Note that the AUTOMOUNT attribute is set because transiting this directory will cause d_automount to be invoked by the VFS. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx -A /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:26 Inode: 1703937 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Attributes: 0000000000001000 (-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---m---- --------) Secondly, the result of automounting on that directory. [root@andromeda ~]# /tmp/test-statx /warthog/data statx(/warthog/data) = 0 results=7ff Size: 4096 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 1048576 directory Device: 00:27 Inode: 2 Links: 125 Access: (3777/drwxrwxrwx) Uid: 0 Gid: 4041 Access: 2016-11-24 09:02:12.219699527+0000 Modify: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Change: 2016-11-17 10:44:36.225653653+0000 Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> diff d21c353d Mon Sep 19 15:44:42 MDT 2016 Ashish Samant <ashish.samant@oracle.com> ocfs2: fix start offset to ocfs2_zero_range_for_truncate() If we punch a hole on a reflink such that following conditions are met: 1. start offset is on a cluster boundary 2. end offset is not on a cluster boundary 3. (end offset is somewhere in another extent) or (hole range > MAX_CONTIG_BYTES(1MB)), we dont COW the first cluster starting at the start offset. But in this case, we were wrongly passing this cluster to ocfs2_zero_range_for_truncate() to zero out. This will modify the cluster in place and zero it in the source too. Fix this by skipping this cluster in such a scenario. To reproduce: 1. Create a random file of say 10 MB xfs_io -c 'pwrite -b 4k 0 10M' -f 10MBfile 2. Reflink it reflink -f 10MBfile reflnktest 3. Punch a hole at starting at cluster boundary with range greater that 1MB. You can also use a range that will put the end offset in another extent. fallocate -p -o 0 -l 1048615 reflnktest 4. sync 5. Check the first cluster in the source file. (It will be zeroed out). dd if=10MBfile iflag=direct bs=<cluster size> count=1 | hexdump -C Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1470957147-14185-1-git-send-email-ashish.samant@oracle.com Signed-off-by: Ashish Samant <ashish.samant@oracle.com> Reported-by: Saar Maoz <saar.maoz@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Srinivas Eeda <srinivas.eeda@oracle.com> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.de> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Joseph Qi <joseph.qi@huawei.com> Cc: Eric Ren <zren@suse.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 5ee0fbd5 Thu May 12 16:42:15 MDT 2016 Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> ocfs2: revert using ocfs2_acl_chmod to avoid inode cluster lock hang Commit 743b5f1434f5 ("ocfs2: take inode lock in ocfs2_iop_set/get_acl()") introduced this issue. ocfs2_setattr called by chmod command holds cluster wide inode lock when calling posix_acl_chmod. This latter function in turn calls ocfs2_iop_get_acl and ocfs2_iop_set_acl. These two are also called directly from vfs layer for getfacl/setfacl commands and therefore acquire the cluster wide inode lock. If a remote conversion request comes after the first inode lock in ocfs2_setattr, OCFS2_LOCK_BLOCKED will be set. And this will cause the second call to inode lock from the ocfs2_iop_get_acl() to block indefinetly. The deleted version of ocfs2_acl_chmod() calls __posix_acl_chmod() which does not call back into the filesystem. Therefore, we restore ocfs2_acl_chmod(), modify it slightly for locking as needed, and use that instead. Fixes: 743b5f1434f5 ("ocfs2: take inode lock in ocfs2_iop_set/get_acl()") Signed-off-by: Tariq Saeed <tariq.x.saeed@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Junxiao Bi <junxiao.bi@oracle.com> Cc: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.de> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Joseph Qi <joseph.qi@huawei.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> diff 3d46a44a Fri Sep 04 16:44:31 MDT 2015 Tariq Saeed <tariq.x.saeed@oracle.com> ocfs2: fix BUG_ON() in ocfs2_ci_checkpointed() PID: 614 TASK: ffff882a739da580 CPU: 3 COMMAND: "ocfs2dc" #0 [ffff882ecc3759b0] machine_kexec at ffffffff8103b35d #1 [ffff882ecc375a20] crash_kexec at ffffffff810b95b5 #2 [ffff882ecc375af0] oops_end at ffffffff815091d8 #3 [ffff882ecc375b20] die at ffffffff8101868b #4 [ffff882ecc375b50] do_trap at ffffffff81508bb0 #5 [ffff882ecc375ba0] do_invalid_op at ffffffff810165e5 #6 [ffff882ecc375c40] invalid_op at ffffffff815116fb [exception RIP: ocfs2_ci_checkpointed+208] RIP: ffffffffa0a7e940 RSP: ffff882ecc375cf0 RFLAGS: 00010002 RAX: 0000000000000001 RBX: 000000000000654b RCX: ffff8812dc83f1f8 RDX: 00000000000017d9 RSI: ffff8812dc83f1f8 RDI: ffffffffa0b2c318 RBP: ffff882ecc375d20 R8: ffff882ef6ecfa60 R9: ffff88301f272200 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffffffffffffffff R13: ffff8812dc83f4f0 R14: 0000000000000000 R15: ffff8812dc83f1f8 ORIG_RAX: ffffffffffffffff CS: 0010 SS: 0018 #7 [ffff882ecc375d28] ocfs2_check_meta_downconvert at ffffffffa0a7edbd [ocfs2] #8 [ffff882ecc375d38] ocfs2_unblock_lock at ffffffffa0a84af8 [ocfs2] #9 [ffff882ecc375dc8] ocfs2_process_blocked_lock at ffffffffa0a85285 [ocfs2] #10 [ffff882ecc375e18] ocfs2_downconvert_thread_do_work at ffffffffa0a85445 [ocfs2] #11 [ffff882ecc375e68] ocfs2_downconvert_thread at ffffffffa0a854de [ocfs2] #12 [ffff882ecc375ee8] kthread at ffffffff81090da7 #13 [ffff882ecc375f48] kernel_thread_helper at ffffffff81511884 assert is tripped because the tran is not checkpointed and the lock level is PR. Some time ago, chmod command had been executed. As result, the following call chain left the inode cluster lock in PR state, latter on causing the assert. system_call_fastpath -> my_chmod -> sys_chmod -> sys_fchmodat -> notify_change -> ocfs2_setattr -> posix_acl_chmod -> ocfs2_iop_set_acl -> ocfs2_set_acl -> ocfs2_acl_set_mode Here is how. 1119 int ocfs2_setattr(struct dentry *dentry, struct iattr *attr) 1120 { 1247 ocfs2_inode_unlock(inode, 1); <<< WRONG thing to do. .. 1258 if (!status && attr->ia_valid & ATTR_MODE) { 1259 status = posix_acl_chmod(inode, inode->i_mode); 519 posix_acl_chmod(struct inode *inode, umode_t mode) 520 { .. 539 ret = inode->i_op->set_acl(inode, acl, ACL_TYPE_ACCESS); 287 int ocfs2_iop_set_acl(struct inode *inode, struct posix_acl *acl, ... 288 { 289 return ocfs2_set_acl(NULL, inode, NULL, type, acl, NULL, NULL); 224 int ocfs2_set_acl(handle_t *handle, 225 struct inode *inode, ... 231 { .. 252 ret = ocfs2_acl_set_mode(inode, di_bh, 253 handle, mode); 168 static int ocfs2_acl_set_mode(struct inode *inode, struct buffer_head ... 170 { 183 if (handle == NULL) { >>> BUG: inode lock not held in ex at this point <<< 184 handle = ocfs2_start_trans(OCFS2_SB(inode->i_sb), 185 OCFS2_INODE_UPDATE_CREDITS); ocfs2_setattr.#1247 we unlock and at #1259 call posix_acl_chmod. When we reach ocfs2_acl_set_mode.#181 and do trans, the inode cluster lock is not held in EX mode (it should be). How this could have happended? We are the lock master, were holding lock EX and have released it in ocfs2_setattr.#1247. Note that there are no holders of this lock at this point. Another node needs the lock in PR, and we downconvert from EX to PR. So the inode lock is PR when do the trans in ocfs2_acl_set_mode.#184. The trans stays in core (not flushed to disc). Now another node want the lock in EX, downconvert thread gets kicked (the one that tripped assert abovt), finds an unflushed trans but the lock is not EX (it is PR). If the lock was at EX, it would have flushed the trans ocfs2_ci_checkpointed -> ocfs2_start_checkpoint before downconverting (to NULL) for the request. ocfs2_setattr must not drop inode lock ex in this code path. If it does, takes it again before the trans, say in ocfs2_set_acl, another cluster node can get in between, execute another setattr, overwriting the one in progress on this node, resulting in a mode acl size combo that is a mix of the two. Orabug: 20189959 Signed-off-by: Tariq Saeed <tariq.x.saeed@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Mark Fasheh <mfasheh@suse.de> Cc: Joel Becker <jlbec@evilplan.org> Cc: Joseph Qi <joseph.qi@huawei.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> |
| /linux-master/fs/ext4/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 1c71222e Thu Jan 26 12:37:49 MST 2023 Suren Baghdasaryan <surenb@google.com> mm: replace vma->vm_flags direct modifications with modifier calls Replace direct modifications to vma->vm_flags with calls to modifier functions to be able to track flag changes and to keep vma locking correctness. [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/misc/open-dice.c, per Hyeonggon Yoo] Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20230126193752.297968-5-surenb@google.com Signed-off-by: Suren Baghdasaryan <surenb@google.com> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@techsingularity.net> Acked-by: Mike Rapoport (IBM) <rppt@kernel.org> Acked-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com> Reviewed-by: Liam R. Howlett <Liam.Howlett@Oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Hyeonggon Yoo <42.hyeyoo@gmail.com> Cc: Andy Lutomirski <luto@kernel.org> Cc: Arjun Roy <arjunroy@google.com> Cc: Axel Rasmussen <axelrasmussen@google.com> Cc: David Hildenbrand <david@redhat.com> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@stgolabs.net> Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Greg Thelen <gthelen@google.com> Cc: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Jann Horn <jannh@google.com> Cc: Joel Fernandes <joelaf@google.com> Cc: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org> Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@linux.dev> Cc: Laurent Dufour <ldufour@linux.ibm.com> Cc: Lorenzo Stoakes <lstoakes@gmail.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Minchan Kim <minchan@google.com> Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@kernel.org> Cc: Peter Oskolkov <posk@google.com> Cc: Peter Xu <peterx@redhat.com> Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org> Cc: Punit Agrawal <punit.agrawal@bytedance.com> Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Cc: Shakeel Butt <shakeelb@google.com> Cc: Soheil Hassas Yeganeh <soheil@google.com> Cc: Song Liu <songliubraving@fb.com> Cc: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Cc: Will Deacon <will@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> diff 8434ef1d Sat Aug 27 00:58:47 MDT 2022 Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> ext4: support STATX_DIOALIGN Add support for STATX_DIOALIGN to ext4, so that direct I/O alignment restrictions are exposed to userspace in a generic way. Acked-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Signed-off-by: Eric Biggers <ebiggers@google.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220827065851.135710-5-ebiggers@kernel.org diff 5a3b590d Thu Dec 17 11:24:15 MST 2020 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> ext4: don't leak old mountpoint samples When the first file is opened, ext4 samples the mountpoint of the filesystem in 64 bytes of the super block. It does so using strlcpy(), this means that the remaining bytes in the super block string buffer are untouched. If the mount point before had a longer path than the current one, it can be reconstructed. Consider the case where the fs was mounted to "/media/johnjdeveloper" and later to "/". The super block buffer then contains "/\x00edia/johnjdeveloper". This case was seen in the wild and caused confusion how the name of a developer ands up on the super block of a filesystem used in production... Fix this by using strncpy() instead of strlcpy(). The superblock field is defined to be a fixed-size char array, and it is already marked using __nonstring in fs/ext4/ext4.h. The consumer of the field in e2fsprogs already assumes that in the case of a 64+ byte mount path, that s_last_mounted will not be NUL terminated. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/X9ujIOJG/HqMr88R@mit.edu Reported-by: Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at> Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: stable@kernel.org diff 09edf4d3 Tue Nov 05 05:03:31 MST 2019 Matthew Bobrowski <mbobrowski@mbobrowski.org> ext4: introduce new callback for IOMAP_REPORT As part of the ext4_iomap_begin() cleanups that precede this patch, we also split up the IOMAP_REPORT branch into a completely separate ->iomap_begin() callback named ext4_iomap_begin_report(). Again, the raionale for this change is to reduce the overall clutter within ext4_iomap_begin(). Signed-off-by: Matthew Bobrowski <mbobrowski@mbobrowski.org> Reviewed-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Reviewed-by: Ritesh Harjani <riteshh@linux.ibm.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/5c97a569e26ddb6696e3d3ac9fbde41317e029a0.1572949325.git.mbobrowski@mbobrowski.org Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff b2441318 Wed Nov 01 08:07:57 MDT 2017 Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> diff c0a37d487 Sat Mar 26 14:14:42 MDT 2016 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> ext4: use file_dentry() EXT4 may be used as lower layer of overlayfs and accessing f_path.dentry can lead to a crash. Fix by replacing direct access of file->f_path.dentry with the file_dentry() accessor, which will always return a native object. Reported-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net> Fixes: 4bacc9c9234c ("overlayfs: Make f_path always point to the overlay and f_inode to the underlay") Fixes: ff978b09f973 ("ext4 crypto: move context consistency check to ext4_file_open()") Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.5 diff 9dd78d8c Sat Mar 26 14:14:41 MDT 2016 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> ext4: use dget_parent() in ext4_file_open() In f_op->open() lock on parent is not held, so there's no guarantee that parent dentry won't go away at any time. Even after this patch there's no guarantee that 'dir' will stay the parent of 'inode', but at least it won't be freed while being used. Fixes: ff978b09f973 ("ext4 crypto: move context consistency check to ext4_file_open()") Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v4.5 diff b7236e21 Mon May 18 11:17:47 MDT 2015 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> ext4 crypto: reorganize how we store keys in the inode This is a pretty massive patch which does a number of different things: 1) The per-inode encryption information is now stored in an allocated data structure, ext4_crypt_info, instead of directly in the node. This reduces the size usage of an in-memory inode when it is not using encryption. 2) We drop the ext4_fname_crypto_ctx entirely, and use the per-inode encryption structure instead. This remove an unnecessary memory allocation and free for the fname_crypto_ctx as well as allowing us to reuse the ctfm in a directory for multiple lookups and file creations. 3) We also cache the inode's policy information in the ext4_crypt_info structure so we don't have to continually read it out of the extended attributes. 4) We now keep the keyring key in the inode's encryption structure instead of releasing it after we are done using it to derive the per-inode key. This allows us to test to see if the key has been revoked; if it has, we prevent the use of the derived key and free it. 5) When an inode is released (or when the derived key is freed), we will use memset_explicit() to zero out the derived key, so it's not left hanging around in memory. This implies that when a user logs out, it is important to first revoke the key, and then unlink it, and then finally, to use "echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches" to release any decrypted pages and dcache entries from the system caches. 6) All this, and we also shrink the number of lines of code by around 100. :-) Signed-off-by: Theodore Ts'o <tytso@mit.edu> |
| /linux-master/fs/fuse/ | ||
| H A D | file.c | diff 5ca73468 Fri Oct 13 04:26:03 MDT 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fuse: implement splice read/write passthrough This allows passing fstests generic/249 and generic/591. Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 3f29f1c3 Sun Dec 03 00:42:33 MST 2023 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> fuse: disable FOPEN_PARALLEL_DIRECT_WRITES with FUSE_DIRECT_IO_ALLOW_MMAP The new fuse init flag FUSE_DIRECT_IO_ALLOW_MMAP breaks assumptions made by FOPEN_PARALLEL_DIRECT_WRITES and causes test generic/095 to hit BUG_ON(fi->writectr < 0) assertions in fuse_set_nowrite(): generic/095 5s ... kernel BUG at fs/fuse/dir.c:1756! ... ? fuse_set_nowrite+0x3d/0xdd ? do_raw_spin_unlock+0x88/0x8f ? _raw_spin_unlock+0x2d/0x43 ? fuse_range_is_writeback+0x71/0x84 fuse_sync_writes+0xf/0x19 fuse_direct_io+0x167/0x5bd fuse_direct_write_iter+0xf0/0x146 Auto disable FOPEN_PARALLEL_DIRECT_WRITES when server negotiated FUSE_DIRECT_IO_ALLOW_MMAP. Fixes: e78662e818f9 ("fuse: add a new fuse init flag to relax restrictions in no cache mode") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v6.6 Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 91ec6c85 Mon Aug 14 05:05:30 MDT 2023 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Revert "fuse: in fuse_flush only wait if someone wants the return code" This reverts commit 5a8bee63b10f6f2f52f6d22e109a4a147409842a. Jürg Billeter reports the following regression: Since v6.3-rc1 commit 5a8bee63b1 ("fuse: in fuse_flush only wait if someone wants the return code") `fput()` is called asynchronously if a file is closed as part of a process exiting, i.e., if there was no explicit `close()` before exit. If the file was open for writing, also `put_write_access()` is called asynchronously as part of the async `fput()`. If that newly written file is an executable, attempting to `execve()` the new file can fail with `ETXTBSY` if it's called after the writer process exited but before the async `fput()` has run. Reported-and-tested-by: "Jürg Billeter" <j@bitron.ch> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v6.3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/4f66cded234462964899f2a661750d6798a57ec0.camel@bitron.ch/ Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 91ec6c85 Mon Aug 14 05:05:30 MDT 2023 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Revert "fuse: in fuse_flush only wait if someone wants the return code" This reverts commit 5a8bee63b10f6f2f52f6d22e109a4a147409842a. Jürg Billeter reports the following regression: Since v6.3-rc1 commit 5a8bee63b1 ("fuse: in fuse_flush only wait if someone wants the return code") `fput()` is called asynchronously if a file is closed as part of a process exiting, i.e., if there was no explicit `close()` before exit. If the file was open for writing, also `put_write_access()` is called asynchronously as part of the async `fput()`. If that newly written file is an executable, attempting to `execve()` the new file can fail with `ETXTBSY` if it's called after the writer process exited but before the async `fput()` has run. Reported-and-tested-by: "Jürg Billeter" <j@bitron.ch> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v6.3 Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/4f66cded234462964899f2a661750d6798a57ec0.camel@bitron.ch/ Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 5a8bee63 Thu Jan 26 09:10:58 MST 2023 Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> fuse: in fuse_flush only wait if someone wants the return code If a fuse filesystem is mounted inside a container, there is a problem during pid namespace destruction. The scenario is: 1. task (a thread in the fuse server, with a fuse file open) starts exiting, does exit_signals(), goes into fuse_flush() -> wait 2. fuse daemon gets killed, tries to wake everyone up 3. task from 1 is stuck because complete_signal() doesn't wake it up, since it has PF_EXITING. The result is that the thread will never be woken up, and pid namespace destruction will block indefinitely. To add insult to injury, nobody is waiting for these return codes, since the pid namespace is being destroyed. To fix this, let's not block on flush operations when the current task has PF_EXITING. This does change the semantics slightly: the wait here is for posix locks to be unlocked, so the task will exit before things are unlocked. To quote Miklos: "remote" posix locks are almost never used due to problems like this, so I think it's safe to do this. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho@tycho.pizza> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/all/YrShFXRLtRt6T%2Fj+@risky/ Tested-by: Tycho Andersen <tycho@tycho.pizza> Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 5efd00e4 Fri Apr 29 09:12:16 MDT 2022 Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> fuse: Convert fuse to read_folio This is a "weak" conversion which converts straight back to using pages. A full conversion should be performed at some point, hopefully by someone familiar with the filesystem. Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox (Oracle) <willy@infradead.org> diff 5c791fe1 Fri Oct 22 09:03:01 MDT 2021 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> fuse: make sure reclaim doesn't write the inode In writeback cache mode mtime/ctime updates are cached, and flushed to the server using the ->write_inode() callback. Closing the file will result in a dirty inode being immediately written, but in other cases the inode can remain dirty after all references are dropped. This result in the inode being written back from reclaim, which can deadlock on a regular allocation while the request is being served. The usual mechanisms (GFP_NOFS/PF_MEMALLOC*) don't work for FUSE, because serving a request involves unrelated userspace process(es). Instead do the same as for dirty pages: make sure the inode is written before the last reference is gone. - fallocate(2)/copy_file_range(2): these call file_update_time() or file_modified(), so flush the inode before returning from the call - unlink(2), link(2) and rename(2): these call fuse_update_ctime(), so flush the ctime directly from this helper Reported-by: chenguanyou <chenguanyou@xiaomi.com> Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> diff 5d069dbe Thu Dec 10 07:33:14 MST 2020 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> fuse: fix bad inode Jan Kara's analysis of the syzbot report (edited): The reproducer opens a directory on FUSE filesystem, it then attaches dnotify mark to the open directory. After that a fuse_do_getattr() call finds that attributes returned by the server are inconsistent, and calls make_bad_inode() which, among other things does: inode->i_mode = S_IFREG; This then confuses dnotify which doesn't tear down its structures properly and eventually crashes. Avoid calling make_bad_inode() on a live inode: switch to a private flag on the fuse inode. Also add the test to ops which the bad_inode_ops would have caught. This bug goes back to the initial merge of fuse in 2.6.14... Reported-by: syzbot+f427adf9324b92652ccc@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> Tested-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> diff 5dae222a Wed Jun 05 09:04:50 MDT 2019 Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> vfs: allow copy_file_range to copy across devices We want to enable cross-filesystem copy_file_range functionality where possible, so push the "same superblock only" checks down to the individual filesystem callouts so they can make their own decisions about cross-superblock copy offload and fallack to generic_copy_file_range() for cross-superblock copy. [Amir] We do not call ->remap_file_range() in case the files are not on the same sb and do not call ->copy_file_range() in case the files do not belong to the same filesystem driver. This changes behavior of the copy_file_range(2) syscall, which will now allow cross filesystem in-kernel copy. CIFS already supports cross-superblock copy, between two shares to the same server. This functionality will now be available via the copy_file_range(2) syscall. Cc: Steve French <stfrench@microsoft.com> Signed-off-by: Dave Chinner <dchinner@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Amir Goldstein <amir73il@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Darrick J. Wong <darrick.wong@oracle.com> diff 35d6fcbb Mon May 27 03:42:07 MDT 2019 Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> fuse: fallocate: fix return with locked inode Do the proper cleanup in case the size check fails. Tested with xfstests:generic/228 Reported-by: kbuild test robot <lkp@intel.com> Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Fixes: 0cbade024ba5 ("fuse: honor RLIMIT_FSIZE in fuse_file_fallocate") Cc: Liu Bo <bo.liu@linux.alibaba.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> # v3.5 Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@redhat.com> |
Completed in 1467 milliseconds